Module:Citation/CS1: रिवीजन सभ के बीचा में अंतर

कड़ी संपादित करीं
विकिपीडिया से
Browse history interactively
← पुरान संपादननया संपादन →
Content deleted Content added
Synch from sandbox;
No edit summary
लाइन 1: लाइन 1:


local cs1 ={};
local z = {
error_categories = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors
error_ids = {};
message_tail = {};
maintenance_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
properties_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
}


--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]
]]
local dates, year_date_check -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------
local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation


Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.
local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, remove_wiki_link;

local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers

local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS

local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist


--[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------

delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here
and used here


]]
]]
function is_set( var )

return not (var == nil or var == '');
local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once
end
local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category

local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table



--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------


First set variable or nil if none
Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set.

This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.


]]
]]


local function first_set (list, count)
local function first_set(...)
local i = 1;
local list = {...};
for _, var in pairs(list) do
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if is_set( list[i] ) then
if is_set( var ) then
return var;
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------


Whether needle is in haystack
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.

added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above


]]
]]


local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
local function in_array( needle, haystack )
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
if needle == nil then
return false;
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end
for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
if v == needle then
return n;
end
end
return false;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------


Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.

added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above


]]
]]


local function add_vanc_error (source)
local function substitute( msg, args )
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
if not added_vanc_errs then
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------


Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------

does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").

returns true if it does, else false


]]
]]
local function error_comment( content, hidden )

return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
local function is_scheme (scheme)
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------


Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message. The actual placement of the error message in the output is
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
the responsibility of the calling function.


]]
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )

local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db

rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.

Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported

domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld. tld
is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
here. Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.

There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org TLD
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed

returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false

]=]

local function is_domain_name (domain)
if not domain then
return false; -- if not set, abandon
end
prefix = prefix or "";
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
suffix = suffix or "";
if error_state == nil then
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
return false;
elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
end
end
-- Do most common case first
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character .org hostname
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
return true;
else
return false;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.

This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.

]]

local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.

First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).

If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.

When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.

Strip off any port and path;

]]

local function split_url (url_str)
local scheme, authority, domain;
local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')

message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
return '', false;
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
end
end
message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
return scheme, domain;
if raw == true then
return message, error_state.hidden;
end
return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
end
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls

Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links

returns false when the value contains any of these characters.

When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).

]]

local function link_param_ok (value)
local scheme, domain;
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
return false;
end

scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
end

--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.

|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when
that condition exists

]]

local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;

if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
end
end

if is_set (orig) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end
end



--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------


Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
Determines whether a URL string is valid.


At present the only check is whether the string appears to be prefixed with a URI scheme. It is not determined whether
First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the url into scheme and domain
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well formed.
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the url. If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.

Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4


]]
]]


local function check_url( url_str )
local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or url_str:match( "^[^/]*:" ) ~= nil; -- Protocol-relative or URL scheme
return false;
end
local scheme, domain;

scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------


Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------


Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references. In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url. The test will also find external wikilinks
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.


]]
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls. The tests that
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].


local function safe_for_italics( str )
]=]
if not is_set(str) then

return str;
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;

if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
else
if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span></span>" .. str; end
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span></span>"; end
-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
end
end

return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end
end


--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------

loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.

]]

local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local error_message = '';
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
end
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
end
end
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
end
end



--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
लाइन 375: लाइन 163:
[']'] = '&#93;',
[']'] = '&#93;',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end

--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------

Applies styling to various parameters. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
argument; protects italic styled parameters. Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().

]]

local function wrap_style (key, str)
if not is_set( str ) then
return "";
elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
str = safe_for_italics( str );
end

return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
end
end


लाइन 383: लाइन 189:
]]
]]


local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
local function external_link( URL, label, source )
local error_str = "";
local error_str = "";
local domain;
local path;
local base_url;
if not is_set( label ) then
if not is_set( label ) then
label = URL;
label = URL;
लाइन 398: लाइन 200:
end
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
if not check_url( URL ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
end
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble
end
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" });
if is_set(access) then -- access level (free, paywalled, ...)
base_url = substitute(cfg.presentation[access], base_url);
end
return table.concat({ base_url, error_str });
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------


Formats a wiki style external link
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------


]]
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.


local function external_link_id(options)
added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
local url_string = options.id;
if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
end
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end


--[[
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. Because deprecated parameters (currently |month=,
|coauthor=, and |coauthors=) aren't related to each other and because these parameters may be concatenated into the variables used by |date= and |author#= (and aliases)
details of which parameter caused the error message are not provided. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation.
]]
]]

local function deprecated_parameter(name)
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
if true ~= Page_in_deprecated_cat then -- if we haven't been here before then set a
if not added_deprecated_cat then
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
Page_in_deprecated_cat=true; -- sticky flag so that if there are more than one deprecated parameter the category is added only once
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end
लाइन 441: लाइन 242:
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.

Replaces unicode quotemarks with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.


Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
लाइन 451: लाइन 250:
local cap='';
local cap='';
local cap2='';
local cap2='';
-- TODO: move this elswhere so that all title-holding elements get these quote marks replaced?
str= mw.ustring.gsub (str, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
str= mw.ustring.gsub (str, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
लाइन 487: लाइन 283:
is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition.
is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition.


At this writing, only |script-title= is supported. It is anticipated that additional parameters will be created to use this function.
Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=


TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
लाइन 505: लाइन 301:
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if in_array (lang, {'ar', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ko', 'ku', 'he', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then
if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
table.insert( z.properties_cats, 'CS1 uses ' .. name .. '-language script ('..lang..')'); -- categorize in language-specific categories
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
else
else
table.insert( z.properties_cats, 'CS1 uses foreign language script'); -- use this category as a catchall until language-specific category is available
add_prop_cat ('script')
end
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
लाइन 552: लाइन 348:
local msg;
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
str = substitute( msg, {str} ); -- including template text
return str;
else
else
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
end
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------


Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider

Generates an error if more than one match is present.
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------

Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).


]]
]]


local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes)
local function select_one( args, possible, error_condition, index )
local chapter_error = '';
local value = nil;
local selected = '';
local error_list = {};
if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
if not is_set (chapter) then
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
-- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
else
if false == no_quotes then
if index == '1' then
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
if is_set(args[v]) then
if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
table.insert( error_list, v );
else
value = args[v];
selected = v;
end
end
end
end
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
if index ~= nil then
v = v:gsub( "#", index );
end
if is_set(args[v]) then
if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
table.insert( error_list, v );
else
value = args[v];
selected = v;
end
end
end
end
end

if #error_list > 0 then
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
local error_str = "";

for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
if is_set (transchapter) then
if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
if is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = transchapter; --
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
end
end
if #error_list > 1 then
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
else
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
end
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
end
end

return value, selected;
if is_set (chapterurl) then
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, nil); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
end

return chapter .. chapter_error;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------


Format the three chapter parameters: |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
first match.

This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.

Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup().

Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.

Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
parameter value.


]]
]]


local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local function format_chapter_title (chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source)
local chapter_error = '';
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local i=1;
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
if not is_set (chapter) then
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters
chapter = ''; -- just to be safe for concatenation
if is_set (transchapter) then
return;
chapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
end
chapter_error = " " .. set_error ('trans_missing_chapter');

end
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
if is_set (chapterurl) then
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
end
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
return chapter .. chapter_error;
else -- here when chapter is set
if position then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition)
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
if is_set (transchapter) then
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
position = nil; -- unset
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
else
end
local err_msg;
if capture then
if is_set (chapterurl) then
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
else
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
end

table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
end
end
i=i+1; -- bump our index
end
end
return chapter;
end
end


--[[

Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument
--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names

can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.

]]
]]

local function argument_wrapper( args )
local function argument_wrapper( args )
local origin = {};
local origin = {};
लाइन 703: लाइन 496:
end
end


--[[
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.


लाइन 710: लाइन 503:
false - deprecated, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
]]

local function validate( name )
local function validate( name )
local name = tostring( name );
local name = tostring( name );
लाइन 734: लाइन 525:
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end


-- Formats a wiki style internal link
local function internal_link_id(options)
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end
end


लाइन 753: लाइन 554:
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s*%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s*%d%d%d%d$") then
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
लाइन 760: लाइन 561:
return date;
return date;
end
end

--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------

ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
spaces and other non-isxn characters.

]]

local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
local temp = 0;
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of bytes
len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X
temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal
else
temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
end
end
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether an ISBN string is valid

]]

local function check_isbn( isbn_str )
if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces
local len = isbn_str:len();
if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
return false;
end

if len == 10 then
if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
else
local temp = 0;
if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979
isbn_str = { isbn_str:byte(1, len) };
for i, v in ipairs( isbn_str ) do
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) );
end
return temp % 10 == 0;
end
end

--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format an issn. This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
digits with a space. When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:

|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327] -- can't have spaces in an external link
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint. It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
with the calculated value. Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
error message. The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.

]]

local function issn(id)
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
local text;
local valid_issn = true;

id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn

if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character
else
valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn
end

if true == valid_issn then
id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
else
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
end
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if false == valid_issn then
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
end
return text
end

--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats a link to Amazon. Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
characters. If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.

]]

local function amazon(id, domain)
local err_cat = ""

if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
else
if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
if check_isbn( id ) then -- see if asin value is isbn10
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, 'CS1 maint: ASIN uses ISBN'); -- add to maint category
elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not isbn10
end
elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
end
end
if not is_set(domain) then
domain = "com";
elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
domain = "co." .. domain;
elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
domain = "com." .. domain;
end
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
return external_link_id({link = handler.link,
label=handler.label , prefix="//www.amazon."..domain.."/dp/",id=id,
encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------

See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier

format and error check arXiv identifier. There are three valid forms of the identifier:
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
where:
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
<number> is a three-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
<number> is a four-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces

the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
<number> is a five-digit number
]]

local function arxiv (id)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
local year, month, version;
local err_cat = ""
if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- arXiv id doesn't match any format
end

return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end


--[[
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
a. Remove it.
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.

Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate. There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
]]

local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace

if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
end

local prefix
local suffix
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix

if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn
end
return lccn;
end

--[[
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking. LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/

length = 8 then all digits
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha

]]
local function lccn(lccn)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn

id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn

if 8 == len then
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
end
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
end

if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
end

return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[
Format PMID and do simple error checking. PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMID to see that it
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
]]
local function pmid(id)
local test_limit = 30000000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that PMID is valid
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
else -- PMID is only digits
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
end
end
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date. If embargo date is
in the future, returns true; otherwise, returns false because the embargo has expired or |embargo= not set in this cite.
]]
local function is_embargoed(embargo)
if is_set(embargo) then
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
if good1 and good2 and tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then --is embargo date is in the future?
return true; -- still embargoed
end
end
return false; -- embargo expired or |embargo= not set
end

--[[
Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.

The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future
the PMC identifier will not be linked to the article. If the embargo specifies a date in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then
the PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.

PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
]]
local function pmc(id, embargo)
local test_limit = 5000000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
local text;

if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
else -- PMC is only digits
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
end
end
if is_embargoed(embargo) then
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; --still embargoed so no external link
else
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, --no embargo date, ok to link to article
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
return text;
end

-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.

-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
-- Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
-- Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant

-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix. If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.

-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.

local function doi(id, inactive)
local cat = ""
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
local text;
if is_set(inactive) then
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
if is_set(inactive_year) then
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with DOIs inactive since " .. inactive_year );
else
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with inactive DOIs" ); -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
end
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")"
else
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
inactive = ""
end

if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );
end
return text .. inactive .. cat
end

-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
local function openlibrary(id)
local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$"); -- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];

if ( code == "A" ) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix="http://openlibrary.org/authors/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode})
elseif ( code == "M" ) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode})
elseif ( code == "W" ) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/works/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode})
else
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode}) ..
' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
end
end


--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format a usenet message id. Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.

]]

local function message_id (id)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];

text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' ) -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
end
return text
end




--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------


This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those citations that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).


]]
]]
local function set_titletype(cite_class, title_type)

local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if is_set(title_type) then
if is_set(title_type) then
if "none" == title_type then
if "none" == title_type then
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
end


if "AV-media-notes" == cite_class or "DVD-notes" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite AV media notes or cite DVD notes
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
return "Media notes"; -- display AV media notes / DVD media notes annotation

elseif "mailinglist" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite mailing list
return "Mailing list"; -- display mailing list annotation

elseif "map" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite map
return "Map"; -- display map annotation

elseif "podcast" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite podcast
return "Podcast"; -- display podcast annotation

elseif "pressrelease" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite press release
return "Press release"; -- display press release annotation

elseif "report" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite report
return "Report"; -- display report annotation
elseif "techreport" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite techreport
return "Technical report"; -- display techreport annotation
elseif "thesis" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite thesis (degree option handled after this function returns)
return "Thesis"; -- display simple thesis annotation (without |degree= modification)
end
end
end


-- Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
-- Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )
return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
end


--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------


Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped. This is important because functions like
Converts a hyphen to a dash
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
]]
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %%
argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
return argument;
end

--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------

Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup. We presume that editors who have taken the time to
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.


]]
]]
local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end

while true do
if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then -- bold italic (5)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then -- italic start and end without content (4)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then -- bold (3)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then -- italic (2)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
else
break;
end
end
return argument; -- done
end

--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------

Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)

Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
of %27%27...
]]

local function make_coins_title (title, script)
if is_set (title) then
title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
title=''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
end
if is_set (script) then
script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
script=''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
end
if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
end
return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------

Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.

]]
local function get_coins_pages (pages)
local pattern;
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done
while true do
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
end
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
return pages;
end

-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
local function remove_wiki_link( str )
return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
end));
end


-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
लाइन 792: लाइन 1,151:
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end
end



--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
लाइन 799: लाइन 1,157:


]]
]]

local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
--[[
--[[
लाइन 872: लाइन 1,229:
end
end



--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------

returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed.

]]

local function is_suffix (suffix)
if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
return true;
end
return false;
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
लाइन 891: लाइन 1,235:
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do. This module can, however, check
the content of |lastn= and |firstn= to see if the names contain non-Latin (non-ASCII) characters and emit an error message

when such characters are located.
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

This original test:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
to use an external editor to maintain this code.

\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)


Allow |lastn= to contain ASCII characters, hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
Allow |firstn= to contain ASCII characters, hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
]]
]]


local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
if last:find ("[^%a%-%'%s]") or first:find ("[^%a%-%'%s%.]") then
local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it
if true ~= Page_in_vanc_error_cat then -- if we haven't been here before then set a sticky flag

Page_in_vanc_error_cat=true; -- so that if there are more than one error the category is added only once
if is_set (suffix) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
add_vanc_error ('suffix');
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
end
end
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character');
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
end;
end;
return true;
return true;
end
end



--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
लाइन 938: लाइन 1,261:
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.


Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. This form is not
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().


]]
]]


local function reduce_to_initials(first)
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
if first:match("^%u%u$") then return first end; -- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
local initials = {}

if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials?
for word in string.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
table.insert(initials, string.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
end
end

if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
if 3 > name:len() then -- if one or two initials
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
else
add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
else
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
end
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word


local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials

names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix

while names[i] do -- loop through the table
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
end
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table
end
i = i+1; -- bump the counter
end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end
end


--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------

Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)

]]
]]

local function list_people(control, people, etal)
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
local sep;
local sep;
लाइन 1,007: लाइन 1,292:
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
elseif 'mla' == control.mode then
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
else
else
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
लाइन 1,016: लाइन 1,298:
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
if maximum ~= nil and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
लाइन 1,023: लाइन 1,305:
local one
local one
local sep_one = sep;
local sep_one = sep;
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
if maximum ~= nil and i > maximum then
etal = true;
etal = true;
break;
break;
लाइन 1,037: लाइन 1,319:
one = person.last
one = person.last
local first = person.first
local first = person.first
if is_set(first) then
if is_set(first) then
if 'mla' == control.mode then
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if i == 1 then -- for mla
one = one .. namesep .. first; -- first name last, first
if is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
else -- all other names
one = first .. ' ' .. one; -- first last
end
end
else
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first
end
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end
end

if is_set(person.link) and ((nil ~= person.link:find("//")) or (nil ~= person.link:find("[%[%]]"))) then
one = one .. " " .. set_error( 'bad_authorlink' ) end -- url or wikilink in author link;
end
end
table.insert( text, one )
table.insert( text, one )
लाइन 1,063: लाइन 1,340:
end
end


local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
local count = #text / 2;
if count > 0 then
if count > 0 then
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
text[#text-2] = " & ";
if 'mla' == control.mode then
text[#text-2] = ", and "; -- replace last separator with ', and ' text
else
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
end
end
end
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
text[#text] = nil;
end
end
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if etal then
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
local etal_text = cfg.messages['et al'];
result = result .. " " .. etal_text;
end
end
लाइन 1,084: लाइन 1,358:


--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string.
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string.


]]
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year.


local function anchor_id( options )
]]
local id = table.concat( options ); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
लाइन 1,103: लाइन 1,369:
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found,
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.

This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal

]]

local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)

if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
end
return name, etal; --
end

--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name
(author or editor) maintenance category.

]]

local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
local count, _;
if is_set (name) then
if name:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, ignore
name = name:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
else
_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters
if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separactor character is acceptable
add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
end
end
end
return name; -- and done
end
end


लाइन 1,189: लाइन 1,397:
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
local pattern = ",? *'*[Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme

local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary

while true do
while true do
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
लाइन 1,197: लाइन 1,407:
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );


local name = tostring(last);
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if name:match (pattern) then -- varients on et al.
-- last = name_has_mult_names (last, err_msg_list_name); -- check for multiple names in last and its aliases
last = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true;
last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in last and its aliases
end
name = tostring(first);
if name:match (pattern) then -- varients on et al.
first = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true;
end

if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
if 2 == count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
else -- we have last with or without a first
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask}; -- add this name to our names list
link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup

names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
लाइन 1,222: लाइन 1,436:
end
end
if true == etal then
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, 'CS1 maint: Explicit use of et al.'); -- add to maint category
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
end


-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
local function extract_ids( args )

local id_list = {};
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do

v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect
if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we
return the original language name string.

mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.

Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example,
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.

Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.

]]

local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
end
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code
end
end
end
return id_list;
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code
end
end


--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.

Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.

When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.

Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
separated from each other by commas.


]]
]]
local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
local new_list, handler = {};


function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
local function language_parameter (lang)
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
local name; -- the language name
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=

local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name

names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list

for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang

if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
end
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
end
for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
-- fallback to read-only cfg
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
if handler.mode == 'external' then
end
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code}) -- categorize it
elseif k == 'DOI' then
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2', {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
end
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ASIN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } );
elseif k == 'LCCN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'OL' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
elseif k == 'PMC' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
elseif k == 'PMID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISSN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISBN' then
local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
end
end
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );
elseif k == 'USENETID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
else
else
error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
end
function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
return a[1] < b[1];
if 2 >= code then
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
elseif 2 < code then
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
end
end
if this_wiki_name == name then
table.sort( new_list, comp );
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
new_list[k] = v[2];
end
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
return new_list;
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
]]
end
end


-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
-- the citation information.

local function COinS(data)
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then

return '';
]]

local function set_cs1_style (ps)
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
end
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings

]]

local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
end
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------

When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.

]]

local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
else -- not a citation template so CS1
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end

return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------

Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.

]]

local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
elseif 'mla' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in mla style use cs1 for bot cs1 & cs2 templates
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
end
end
local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
return sep, ps, ref
end
-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.

local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
__newindex = function(self, key, value)

if is_set(value) then
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
applying the pdf icon to external links.
end

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
end

--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------

Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.

]]

local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if is_set (format) then
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize
if not is_set (url) then
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
end
end
});
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
if is_set(data.Chapter) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter;
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
elseif is_set(data.Periodical) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
else
else
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
end
end
return format;
OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
end
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;

OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;

OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;

OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
some variant of the text 'et al.').
local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;

if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
else

OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal

]]

local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
if is_set (max) then
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
end
end
return max, etal;
local last, first;
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
end
last, first = v.last, v.first;

if k == 1 then
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
if is_set(last) then

OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
end
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
if is_set(first) then

OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
end
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
end
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then

OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
]]
elseif is_set(last) then

OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
end
-- local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
-- local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';

if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
end
end
-- if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
-- Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
-- add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
-- end
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------

split apart a |vautthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata.

|vauthors=Jones AB, White EB, ((Black, Brown, and Co.))

This code is experimental and may not be retained.

]]
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table)
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
local i = 1;
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
while name_table[i] do
table.sort( OCinSoutput );
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver ); -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
local name = name_table[i];
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment
while name_table[i] do
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens
break; -- and done reassembling so
end
i=i+1; -- bump indexer
end
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
else
table.insert (output_table, name_table[i]); -- add this name
end
i = i+1;
end
return output_table;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.


Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code. Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.


Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code. Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
with the code. When there is no match, we return the original language name string.


mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code. When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
returns only the Wikimedia language name.


Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
]]
]]


local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local function get_iso639_code (lang)
if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
return 'Norwegian', 'no'; -- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
local v_name_table = {};
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
local corporate = false;

vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]') then -- no wikilinking vauthors names
add_vanc_error ('wikilink');
end
end
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table); -- names are separated by commas
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia

-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
if 2 ~= code:len() then -- ISO639-1 codes only
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
add_vanc_error ('punctuation');
end
end
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix
suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials
end
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
end
if is_set (first) then
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
else
if not corporate then
is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
end
end
-- this from extract_names ()
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
end
end


--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------


Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided. If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------


There is an exception. There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants. There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn'). The third, code 'no', is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless. However, it appears
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.


Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no. We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest


See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.


When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'. Similarly, if the parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.

In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.


]]
]]


local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local function language_parameter (lang, namespace)
local code; -- the ISO639-1 two character code
local lastfirst = false;
local name; -- the language name
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
local test='';
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
if 0 == namespace and (('en' == lang:lower()) or ('english' == lang:lower())) then
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
table.insert (z.maintenance_cats, 'CS1 maint: English language specified'); -- add maintenance category if |language=English or |language=en in article space
lastfirst=true;
end
end


if 2 == lang:len() then -- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "en" ); -- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end


if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if is_set (name) then -- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------

This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
in the source template) the function refurns true. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.

]]

local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, cite_class)
-- begin hack to limit |mode=mla to a specific set of templates
if ('mode' == name) and ('mla' == value) and not in_array (cite_class, {'book', 'journal', 'news'}) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return false
end
-- end hack

if not is_set (value) then
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
return true;
else
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return false
end
end
end


if is_set (code) then

if 'no' == code then name = 'Norwegian' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
if 0 == namespace and 'en' ~= code then -- is this page main / article space and English not the language?

table.insert( z.properties_cats, 'CS1 ' .. name .. '-language sources (' .. code .. ')'); -- in main space and not English: categorize
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
end
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.

]]

local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
if (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
else
else
table.insert (z.maintenance_cats, 'CS1 maint: Unrecognized language'); -- add maintenance category when |language= does not appear to be ISO 639-1 language
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
end
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- wrap with '(in ...)'
end
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------

When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
rendered style.

returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.


]]
]]
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower, mode)
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
return '';
end
if ('mla' == mode) and ('journal' == cite_class) then -- same as cs1 for magazines
lower = true; -- mla 8th edition; force these to lower case
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
elseif is_set (volume) then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
else
return '';
end
end


local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
local sep;
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
sep = ','; -- set citation separator to its default (comma)
elseif is_set (volume) then
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
end
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv

end
local vol = '';
else -- not a citation template so CS1
sep = '.'; -- set cite xxx separator to its default (period)
if is_set (volume) then
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
ps = '.'; -- set cs1 default
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
else
vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});
end
end
end
end
if is_set (issue) then
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
return vol;
end


return sep, ps, ref -- return them all

--[[-------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ P A G E _ L I S T >-----------------------------------------

not currently used

normalizes a comma, ampersand, and/or space separated list to be '<value>, <value>, ..., <value>'
returns list unchanged if there are no commas else strips whitespace and then reformats the list

]]
--[[
local function normalize_page_list (list)
if not list:find ('[,& ]') then return list end -- if list is not delimited with commas, ampersands, or spaces; done
list = mw.text.split (list, '[,&%s]+'); -- make a table of values
list = table.concat (list, ', '); -- and now make a normalized list
return list;
end
end
]]


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------


Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.

adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets

Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.


]]
]]


local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower, mode)
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if is_set (sheet) then
if is_set (mode) then
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
if 'journal' == origin then
sep = ','; -- separate elements with a comma
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
else
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
end
end
elseif is_set (sheets) then
if not is_set (ref) then -- unless explicitely set to something
ref = 'harv'; -- set so this template renders with CITEREF anchor id
if 'journal' == origin then
end
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
else
sep = '.'; -- separate elements with a period
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
end
end
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'mode', mode}, true ) } ); -- add error message
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
end
else -- when |mode= empty or omitted
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then

ps = ''; -- set to empty string
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin);
if is_journal and 'mla' == mode then
is_journal = false; -- mla always uses p & pp
end

if is_set (page) then
if is_journal then
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
elseif is_set(pages) then
if is_journal then
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
end
return sep, ps, ref
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end


--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------

Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
save snapshot url or to calendar pages. When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.

When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.

This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=

There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form

The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.

This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
archive url:
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)

]=]

local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url
if not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/') then
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end

if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
err_msg = 'save command';
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
else
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
err_msg = 'timestamp';
if '*' ~= flag then
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
end
elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = 'path';
elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = 'flag';
elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = 'flag';
else
return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
-- if here, something not right so
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
else
return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end


--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------

Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}

cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html
tags are removed before the search.

If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.

]]

local function missing_pipe_check (value)
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc

capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
end
end
end




--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation

formatting.
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.

]]
]]

local function citation0( config, args)
local function citation0( config, args)
--[[
--[[
Load Input Parameters
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple
aliases to single internal variable.
]]
]]
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
local A = argument_wrapper( args );

local i
local i
local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']

local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
if is_set( A['NoPP'] ) then PPPrefix = "" PPrefix = "" end
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
local Authors = A['Authors'];

-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter. If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
local Mode = A['Mode'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode'], config.CitationClass) then
Mode = '';
end

local author_etal;
local author_etal;
local a, author_etal = extract_names( args, 'AuthorList' );
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];

do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if 1 == selected then
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
end
end
if is_set (Collaboration) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end


local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
local Others = A['Others'];
local Others = A['Others'];
local Editors = A['Editors'];

local editor_etal;
local editor_etal;
local e, editor_etal = extract_names( args, 'EditorList' );
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
local Editors;

do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
if 1 == selected then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged
end
end

local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
local Interviewers = A['Interviewers']
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if 0 < #c then
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end


local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat']; -- replaces |author-format= and |editor-format=
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
if is_set (NameListFormat) and ('vanc' ~= NameListFormat) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'name-list-format', NameListFormat}, true ) } ); -- not vanc so add error message
NameListFormat = ''; -- set to empty string
end
end


लाइन 2,057: लाइन 1,792:
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set

local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ChapterLink = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];

local ArchiveDate;
local ArchiveURL;

ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end

local URL = A['URL']
local URL = A['URL']
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter


local Series = A['Series'];
local Series = A['Series'];
local Volume = A['Volume'];
local Volume;
local Issue = A['Issue'];
local Issue;
local Page;
local Pages;
local At;
-- previously conference books did not support volume
-- if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) and not ('conference' == config.CitationClass and not is_set (Periodical)) then
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
-- conference & map books do not support issue
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
Issue = A['Issue'];
end
local Position = '';
local Position = '';
local Page = A['Page'];
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
local Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
local At = A['At'];
At = A['At'];
end


local Edition = A['Edition'];
local Edition = A['Edition'];
लाइन 2,117: लाइन 1,821:
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
RegistrationRequired=nil;
end
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
end
local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then
UrlAccess = nil;
end
if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then
UrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
end

if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription=
end
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration=
end


local Via = A['Via'];
local Via = A['Via'];
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
local Agency = A['Agency'];
local Agency = A['Agency'];
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']

local Language = A['Language'];
local Language = A['Language'];
local Format = A['Format'];
local Format = A['Format'];
लाइन 2,154: लाइन 1,834:
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier


local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );


local Quote = A['Quote'];
local Quote = A['Quote'];


local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL


local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
end
if 'mla' == Mode then
LastAuthorAmp = 'yes'; -- replaces last author/editor separator with ' and ' text
end
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
end


--these deprecated parameters are used by cite interview
--these are used by cite interview
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
local City = A['City'];
local City = A['City'];
लाइन 2,191: लाइन 1,855:


--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
local COinS_date; -- used in the COinS metadata

local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword
DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string
end


-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter. If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local PostScript;
local PostScript;
local Ref;
local Ref;
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (A['Mode']:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text


--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories.
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if not is_set(no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
end
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end

-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category

local NoPP = A['NoPP']
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
NoPP = true;
else
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
end
end


-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters.
if is_set(Page) then
if is_set(Page) then
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
Page = Page .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages'); -- add error message
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
At = '';
At = '';
end
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
elseif is_set(Pages) then
elseif is_set(Pages) then
if is_set(At) then
if is_set(At) then
Pages = Pages .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages'); -- add error messages
At = ''; -- unset
At = ''; -- unset
end
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
end
end


लाइन 2,261: लाइन 1,906:


All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
TODO: script-title to script-chapter if and when we support script-chapter

]]
]]


लाइन 2,267: लाइन 1,912:


if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if is_set(Title) then
if not is_set(Chapter) then
if not is_set(Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL = URL;
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
end
Title = Periodical;
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
TransTitle = ''; -- redundant so unset
URL = '';
URL = ''; -- redundant so unset
Format = '';
Format = ''; -- redundant so unset
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
end
else -- |title not set
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
end
लाइन 2,294: लाइन 1,933:


-- Special case for cite techreport.
-- Special case for cite techreport.
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if is_set(Issue) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
ID = Issue; -- yes, use it
Issue = ""; -- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
else -- can't use ID so emit error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
ID = ID .. " " .. set_error('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
end
end
end
end
लाइन 2,305: लाइन 1,945:


-- special case for cite interview
-- special case for cite interview
-- TODO: make cite interview not need any special cases
--[[
Program, Callsign, City deprecated, so avoid using /Configuration
for reassignment, which would allow these parameters' use outside interview
]]
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
if is_set(Program) then
if is_set(Program) then
ID = ' ' .. Program;
if not is_set(Periodical) then
Periodical = Program;
end
end
end
if is_set(Callsign) then
if is_set(Callsign) then
if not is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(ID) then
PublisherName = Callsign;
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
else
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
end
end
end
end
if is_set(City) then
if is_set(City) then
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) then
if is_set(ID) then
PublicationPlace = City;
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
else
ID = ' ' .. City;
end
end
end

if is_set(Others) then
if is_set(TitleType) then
Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
TitleType = '';
else
Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
end
else
Others = '(Interview)';
end
end
end
end
लाइन 2,331: लाइन 1,979:
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
end
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then

Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
--Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
if not is_embargoed(Embargo) then
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
end
end
end


लाइन 2,351: लाइन 2,005:
URL = '';
URL = '';
end
end
else
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference so make sure this is empty string
end
end


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite episode}}, before generation of COinS data.
-- cite map oddities
--[[ -- {{cite episode}} is not currently supported by this module
local Cartography = "";
if config.CitationClass == "episode" then
local Scale = "";
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
Chapter = A['Map'];
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if is_set( Cartography ) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if is_set( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
local Season = A['Season'];

local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set

local Network = A['Network'];
local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};
local s, n = {}, {};
local Sep = (first_set(A["SeriesSeparator"], A["Separator"]) or "") .. " ";
-- do common parameters first
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["episode"] .. " " .. Issue); Issue = ''; end
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["season"] .. " " .. Season); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["series"] .. " " .. SeriesNumber); end
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
Date = Date or AirDate;
Date = AirDate;
Chapter = Title;
ChapterLink = TitleLink;
end
TransChapter = TransTitle;

Title = Series;
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
local Season = A['Season'];
TransTitle = '';
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];

if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
end
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
end
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version
ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
Series = ''; -- unset
deprecated_parameter ('version'); -- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv
end
Series = table.concat(s, Sep);
if first_set ({AccessDate, At, Authors, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
ID = table.concat(n, Sep);
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'], -- TODO: find a better way to do this
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']},27) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message

AccessDate = ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
Authors = '';
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
Chapter = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
end
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff]]


-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
end
end

if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
end

-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
if not is_set (Date) then
if not is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if is_set(Date) then
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
local Month = A['Month'];
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
if is_set(Month) then
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
Date = Month .. " " .. Date;
end
elseif is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
end
end
end
end


if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation


--[[
--[[
लाइन 2,499: लाइन 2,063:
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
]]
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch
local error_message = '';
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
local date_parameters_list = {['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year};


anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);
anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['accessdate']=AccessDate, ['airdate']=AirDate, ['archivedate']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi_brokendate']=DoiBroken,
['embargo']=Embargo, ['laydate']=LayDate, ['publicationdate']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});


if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
लाइन 2,515: लाइन 2,077:
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, 'CS1 maint: Date and year'); -- add to maint category
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
end
end
end
end
if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only
local modified = false; -- flag
if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
end


if is_set(error_message) then
if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
modified = true;
add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
end
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'];
Date = date_parameters_list['date'];
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'];
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'];
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'];
end
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
end
end -- end of do
end -- end of do

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS.
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --

if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end

end
end


-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact.
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact.
लाइन 2,564: लाइन 2,091:
not is_set(TransTitle) and
not is_set(TransTitle) and
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {}, true ) } );
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
end
end
end
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
if 'none' == Title and is_set(Periodical) and not (( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia))) then -- special case
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, 'CS1 maint: Untitled periodical'); -- add to maint category
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
end
end

check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
['title']=Title,
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
});


-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
लाइन 2,596: लाइन 2,112:
end
end
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end

-- this is the function call to COinS()
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
local OCinSoutput = COinS{
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
['Chapter'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (coins_chapter), -- Chapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date), -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here? Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Page, Pages, At)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['Authors'] = a,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
};
}, config.CitationClass);

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
end


-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil ));
PublisherName = '[[Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;' .. external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName );
end
end
end
end
लाइन 2,641: लाइन 2,144:
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
if not is_set(Authors) then
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayAuthors'] );
do

local last_first_list;
if is_set (Maximum) then
if Maximum >= #a then -- if display-authors value greater than or equal to number of authors
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, 'CS1 maint: display-authors'); -- add maintenance category because display-authors parameter may be removed
end
else
Maximum = #a + 1; -- number of authors + 1
end

local control = {
local control = {
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = Maximum,
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via authorlinkn
mode = Mode
};
};

-- If the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
do -- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table
if is_set(Coauthors) then
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
control.maximum = #a + 1;

if is_set (Editors) then
if editor_etal then
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end

if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
end
do -- now do translators
Authors = list_people(control, a, author_etal)
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
end
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);


if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
end
control.maximum = #a + 1;
end
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);


local EditorCount
if is_set (Authors) then
if not is_set(Editors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayEditors'] );
if author_etal then
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
if not is_set(Maximum) and #e == 4 then
end
Maximum = 3;
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
elseif not is_set(Maximum) then
end
Maximum = #e + 1;
end -- end of do
if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
end
end


local control = {
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
maximum = Maximum,
end
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
};

Editors, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
else
EditorCount = 1;
end
end


-- cite map oddities
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
local Cartography = "";
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
local Scale = "";
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Chapter = A['Map'];
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];

-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or
if is_set( Cartography ) then
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if is_set( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
end
Format = is_set(Format) and " (" .. Format .. ")" or "";


if not is_set(URL) then
if not is_set(URL) and
not is_set(ArchiveURL) and
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
not is_set(ConferenceURL) and -- TODO: keep this here? conference as part of cite web or cite podcast?
not is_set(TranscriptURL) then
-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
end
end
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = '';
AccessDate = '';
end
-- Test if format is given without giving a URL
if is_set(Format) then
Format = Format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {'format', 'url'} );
end
end
end
end


local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
local OriginalURL;
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
if is_set (URL) then
if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
elseif is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
end
end
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
end
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
end
end
end
end


if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup"}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) or is_set (TransChapter) or is_set (ChapterURL)then -- chapter parameters not supported for these citation types
local chap_param;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
Chapter = ''; -- set to empty string to be safe with concatenation
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end

if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
Chapter = format_chapter_title (Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin);
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end

Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if is_set (Chapter) then
if is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
ChapterFormat = is_set(ChapterFormat) and " (" .. ChapterFormat .. ")" or "";
if is_set(ChapterFormat) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- Test if |chapter-format= is given without giving a |chapter-url=
ChapterFormat = ChapterFormat .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'} );
end
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
Chapter = Chapter .. ' (' .. TitleType .. ')';
end
end
Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
end
end
लाइन 2,808: लाइन 2,286:
end
end


if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'arxiv', 'interview'}) or
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", "mailinglist"}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
लाइन 2,824: लाइन 2,303:
end
end


local TransError = "";
TransError = "";
if is_set(TransTitle) then
if is_set(TransTitle) then
if is_set(Title) then
if is_set(Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
else
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title' );
end
end
end
end
लाइन 2,836: लाइन 2,315:
if is_set(Title) then
if is_set(Title) then
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
Title = external_link( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format
URL = "";
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransError .. Format;
-- this experiment hidden 2016-04-10; see Help_talk:Citation_Style_1#Recycled_urls
-- local temp_title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format; -- do this so we get error message even if url is usurped no archive
-- if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit no archive', 'usurped no archive'}) then -- when url links to inappropriate location and there is no archive of original source available
-- local err_msg
-- if temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)') then -- if there is an error message
-- Title, err_msg = temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)'); -- strip off external link; TODO: find a better to do this
-- Title = Title .. (err_msg or '');
-- end
-- else
-- Title = temp_title;
-- end

URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
Format = "";
Format = "";
else
else
लाइन 2,861: लाइन 2,327:
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end
end

if is_set (Conference) then
if is_set(Conference) then
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
if is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference );
end
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
end
end

if not is_set(Position) then
if not is_set(Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];

if is_set(Minutes) then
if is_set(Minutes) then
if is_set (Time) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
else
local Time = A['Time'];
if is_set(Time) then
if is_set(Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
लाइन 2,896: लाइन 2,358:
At = '';
At = '';
end
end

if not is_set(Page) then
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase, Mode);
if is_set(Pages) then

if is_set(Periodical) and
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
Pages = ": " .. Pages;
elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages;
else
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages;
end
end
else
if is_set(Periodical) and
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
Page = ": " .. Page;
else
Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page;
end
end
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
लाइन 2,919: लाइन 2,399:


if is_set (Language) then
if is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
Language = language_parameter (Language, this_page.namespace); -- format, categories (article namespace only), name from ISO639-1, etc
else
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end
end


Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";

-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
if is_set (Translators) then

if 'mla' == Mode then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
Others = sepc .. ' Trans. ' .. Translators .. Others;
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
else
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase) .. Others;
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
end
end
end
end

if is_set (Interviewers) then
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase) .. Others;
TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")"; -- display it in parentheses
end
end

TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if is_set (Edition) then
Edition = is_set(Edition) and (" " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition)) or "";
Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
end
if 'mla' == Mode then
Edition = '. ' .. Edition .. ' ed.';
else
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
end
else
Edition = '';
end

Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
if 'mla' == Mode then -- not in brackets for mla
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (". " .. OrigYear) or "";
else
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
end
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";


if is_set(Volume) then
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase, Mode);
if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphen_to_dash(Volume) .. "</b>";
end
end


------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
लाइन 2,974: लाइन 2,443:


]]
]]
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
if in_array(SubscriptionRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
elseif in_array(RegistrationRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
else
else
लाइन 2,986: लाइन 2,455:


AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case
if 'mla' == Mode then -- retrieved text not used in mla
AccessDate = ' ' .. AccessDate;
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called
else
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
end
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
end
लाइन 3,003: लाइन 2,469:
end
end


ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo} );


if is_set(URL) then
if is_set(URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, Access );
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
end
end


if is_set(Quote) then
if is_set(Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
end
end
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
PostScript = ""; -- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
end
लाइन 3,026: लाइन 2,492:
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text ), ArchiveDate } );
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');
end
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ), ArchiveDate } );
if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then
add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
else
add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else
else
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
लाइन 3,050: लाइन 2,507:
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
end
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
else
Archived = ""
Archived = ""
end
end
local Lay = '';
local Lay
if is_set(LayURL) then
if is_set(LayURL) then
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
लाइन 3,065: लाइन 2,520:
end
end
if sepc == '.' then
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
end
else
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = "";
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
end

if is_set(Transcript) then
if is_set(Transcript) then
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript ); end
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
end
end

local Publisher;
local Publisher;
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
if is_set(Periodical) and
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
if is_set(PublisherName) then
end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
Publisher = PublisherName;
else
end
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
else
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
Publisher = "";
else
end
Publisher = PublicationDate;
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
end
else
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
end
लाइन 3,124: लाइन 2,601:
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.


local tcommon;
local tcommon
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
if 'mla' == Mode then
tcommon = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
end
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
if 'mla' == Mode then
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
elseif 'mla' == Mode then
tcommon = safe_join( {TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end

elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );

elseif ('news' == config.CitationClass) and ('mla' == Mode) then -- special case for cite news in MLA mode
tcommon = safe_join( {Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Agency}, sepc );

elseif ('web' == config.CitationClass) and ('mla' == Mode) then -- special case for cite web in MLA mode
tcommon = safe_join( {Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );

else -- all other CS1 templates
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
Volume, Issue, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
end
लाइन 3,181: लाइन 2,629:
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local text;
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
local pgtext = Position .. Page .. Pages .. At;

if is_set(Date) then
if ('mla' == Mode) then
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'news', 'web'}) then
Date = ', ' .. Date; -- origyear follows title in mla
elseif 'journal' == config.CitationClass then
Date = ', (' .. Date .. ')';
end
elseif is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
if is_set(Authors) then
if is_set(Authors) then
if is_set(Coauthors) then
if is_set(Coauthors) then
local sep = '; ';
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then -- separate authors and coauthors with proper name-list-separator
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then
Authors = Authors .. ', ' .. Coauthors;
sep = ', ';
else
Authors = Authors .. '; ' .. Coauthors;
end
end
Authors = Authors .. sep .. Coauthors;
end
end
if is_set(Date) then
if (not is_set (Date)) or ('mla' == Mode) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Date = " ("..Date..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
Authors = Authors .. " "
else
Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
end
end
if is_set(Editors) then
if is_set(Editors) then
local in_text = " ";
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
local post_text = "";
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c and 'mla' ~= Mode then
if is_set(Chapter) then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
elseif is_set(Chapter) and 'mla' == Mode then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
in_text = '. Ed. ';
else
in_text = '. Eds. ';
end
else
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
लाइन 3,230: लाइन 2,658:
end
end
end
end
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
end
if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc)
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
then Editors = Editors .. " "
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
else Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if is_set (Editors) and ('mla' ~= Mode)then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
end
if (not is_set (Date)) or ('mla' == Mode) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if 'mla' == Mode then
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Chapter, tcommon, OrigYear, Authors, Place, Others, Editors, tcommon2, Date, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif 'mla' == Mode then
tcommon = tcommon .. Date; -- hack to avoid duplicate separators
text = safe_join( {Authors, Chapter, Title, OrigYear, Others, Editors, Edition, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
end
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
elseif is_set(Editors) then
elseif is_set(Editors) then
if is_set(Date) then
if is_set(Date) then
लाइन 3,260: लाइन 2,674:
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
else
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
लाइन 3,267: लाइन 2,682:
end
end
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
if 'mla' == Mode then
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'news', 'web'}) and is_set(Periodical) then
else
text = safe_join( {Editors, Title, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
if is_set(Date) then
else
text = safe_join( {Editors, Chapter, Title, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
then Date = sepc .." " .. Date .. OrigYear
else Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear
end
end
else
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
elseif 'mla' == Mode then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'news', 'web'}) and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Title, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Title, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
else
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
end
end
लाइन 3,297: लाइन 2,707:
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );


-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <span/> element
local options = {};
local options = {};
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = config.CitationClass;
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
else
options.class = "citation";
options.class = "citation";
end
end
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
local id = Ref
local id = Ref
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local names = {} --table of last names & year
if #a > 0 then
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
for i,v in ipairs(a) do

names[i] = v.last
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist = c; -- select it
if i == 4 then break end
end
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist = a;
elseif #e > 0 then
for i,v in ipairs(e) do
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist = e;
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end
end
end
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
else
id = ''; -- unset
end
end
names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
id = anchor_id(names)
end
end
options.id = id;
options.id = id;
end
end
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
z.error_categories = {};
z.error_categories = {};
text = set_error('empty_citation');
text = set_error('empty_citation');
लाइन 3,335: लाइन 2,743:
end
end
if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
if is_set(options.id) then
text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}); -- when |ref= is set
text = '<span id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
else
else
text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}); -- all other cases
text = '<span class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
end
end


local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
text = text .. substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput}); -- append metadata to the citation
-- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
text = text .. OCinS;
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
लाइन 3,357: लाइन 2,769:


if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
text = text .. ' <span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
text = text .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
end
end
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
लाइन 3,380: लाइन 2,792:
end
end


-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------
function z.citation(frame)

This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.

]]

function cs1.citation(frame)
Frame = frame; -- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata;
local validation;
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); -- ... sandbox version of date validation code

validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
else -- otherwise
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); -- ... live version of date validation code
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
end
end


utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module

dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
in_array = utilities.in_array;
substitute = utilities.substitute;
error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
set_error = utilities.set_error;
select_one = utilities.select_one;
add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
remove_wiki_link = utilities.remove_wiki_link;

z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
COinS = metadata.COinS;


local args = {};
local args = {};
लाइन 3,450: लाइन 2,821:
end
end


local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
if v ~= '' then
if v ~= '' then
लाइन 3,463: लाइन 2,833:
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
else
else
if #suggestions == 0 then
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
else
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
end
end
end
if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
else
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message
end
end
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
else
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
end
end
end
end
end
लाइन 3,489: लाइन 2,846:
end
end
end
end
missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = v;
args[k] = v;
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
लाइन 3,496: लाइन 2,851:
end
end
end
end

for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v);
end
end
return citation0( config, args)
return citation0( config, args)
end
end


return cs1;
return z

00:27, 16 फरवरी 2017 तक ले भइल बदलाव


This module and associated sub-modules support the Citation Style 1 and Citation Style 2 citation templates. In general, it is not intended to be called directly, but is called by one of the core CS1 and CS2 templates.

These files comprise the module support for cs1|2 citation templates:

cs1 | cs2 modules
live sandbox description
Gold padlock Module:Citation/CS1 Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox [edit] Rendering and support functions
Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox [edit] Translation tables; error and identifier handlers
Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox [edit] List of active, deprecated, and obsolete cs1|2 parameters
Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation/sandbox [edit] Date format validation functions
Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox [edit] Functions that support the named identifiers (isbn, doi, pmid, etc)
Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox [edit] Common functions and tables
Module:Citation/CS1/COinS Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox [edit] Functions that render a cs1|2 template's metadata
Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css [edit] CSS styles applied to the cs1|2 templates
Silver padlock Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox [edit] List that maps common erroneous parameter names to valid parameter names


Other documentation: 


local z = {
	error_categories = {};		-- for categorizing citations that contain errors
	error_ids = {};
	message_tail = {};
	maintenance_cats = {};		-- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
	properties_cats = {};		-- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
}

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D   D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]
local dates, year_date_check	-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation

--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------

Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.
This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation

]]
function is_set( var )
	return not (var == nil or var == '');
end

--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------

First set variable or nil if none

]]

local function first_set(...)
	local list = {...};
	for _, var in pairs(list) do
		if is_set( var ) then
			return var;
		end
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------

Whether needle is in haystack

]]

local function in_array( needle, haystack )
	if needle == nil then
		return false;
	end
	for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
		if v == needle then
			return n;
		end
	end
	return false;
end

--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------

Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.

]]

local function substitute( msg, args )
	return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
end

--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------

Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.

]]
local function error_comment( content, hidden )
	return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------

Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement of the error message in the output is
the responsibility of the calling function.

]]
local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
	local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
	
	prefix = prefix or "";
	suffix = suffix or "";
	
	if error_state == nil then
		error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
	elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
		table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
	end
	
	local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
	
	message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] .. 
		"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
		cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
	
	z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
	if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
			and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
		return '', false;
	end
	
	message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
	
	if raw == true then
		return message, error_state.hidden;
	end		
		
	return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
end

--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string is valid.

At present the only check is whether the string appears to be prefixed with a URI scheme.  It is not determined whether 
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well formed.

]]

local function check_url( url_str )
	return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or url_str:match( "^[^/]*:" ) ~= nil;		-- Protocol-relative or URL scheme
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------

Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''

Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.

]]

local function safe_for_italics( str )
	if not is_set(str) then
		return str;
	else
		if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span></span>" .. str; end
		if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span></span>"; end
		
		-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
		return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions

]]

local function safe_for_url( str )
	if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then 
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {	
		['['] = '&#91;',
		[']'] = '&#93;',
		['\n'] = ' ' } );
end

--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------

Applies styling to various parameters.  Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
argument; protects italic styled parameters.  Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().

]]

local function wrap_style (key, str)
	if not is_set( str ) then
		return "";
	elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
		str = safe_for_italics( str );
	end

	return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking

]]

local function external_link( URL, label, source )
	local error_str = "";
	if not is_set( label ) then
		label = URL;
		if is_set( source ) then
			error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
		else
			error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
		end			
	end
	if not check_url( URL ) then
		error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
	end
	return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------

Formats a wiki style external link

]]

local function external_link_id(options)
	local url_string = options.id;
	if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
		url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
	end
	return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
		options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
		options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
		mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
	);
end

--[[
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  Because deprecated parameters (currently |month=,
|coauthor=, and |coauthors=) aren't related to each other and because these parameters may be concatenated into the variables used by |date= and |author#= (and aliases)
details of which parameter caused the error message are not provided.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation.
]]
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
	if true ~= Page_in_deprecated_cat then	-- if we haven't been here before then set a 
		Page_in_deprecated_cat=true;		-- sticky flag so that if there are more than one deprecated parameter the category is added only once
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } );		-- add error message
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.

]]

local function kern_quotes (str)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';
	
	cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)");								-- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
	if is_set (cap) then
		str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
	end

	cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
	if is_set (cap) then
		str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	return str;
end

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
	|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
	|script-title=ja : *** ***
	|script-title=ja: *** ***
	|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.

At this writing, only |script-title= is supported.  It is anticipated that additional parameters will be created to use this function.

TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]

local function format_script_value (script_value)
	local lang='';																-- initialize to empty string
	local name;
	if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then										-- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
		lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*');						-- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
		if not is_set (lang) then
			return '';															-- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
		end
																				-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
		name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" );						-- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
		if is_set (name) then													-- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
			script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', '');				-- strip prefix from script
																				-- is prefix one of these language codes?
			if in_array (lang, {'ar', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ko', 'ku', 'he', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then
				table.insert( z.properties_cats, 'CS1 uses ' .. name .. '-language script ('..lang..')');	-- categorize in language-specific categories
			else
				table.insert( z.properties_cats, 'CS1 uses foreign language script');	-- use this category as a catchall until language-specific category is available
			end
			lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" ';									-- convert prefix into a lang attribute
		else
			lang = '';															-- invalid so set lang to empty string
		end
	end
	script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value});	-- isolate in case script is rtl

	return script_value;
end

--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been 
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]

local function script_concatenate (title, script)
	if is_set (script) then
		script = format_script_value (script);									-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
		if is_set (script) then
			title = title .. ' ' .. script;										-- concatenate title and script title
		end
	end
	return title;
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
	if not is_set( str ) then
		return "";
	end
	if true == lower then
		local msg;
		msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower();										-- set the message to lower case before 
		str = substitute( msg, {str} );											-- including template text
		return str;
	else
		return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
	end		
end
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------

Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
Generates an error if more than one match is present.

]]

local function select_one( args, possible, error_condition, index )
	local value = nil;
	local selected = '';
	local error_list = {};
	
	if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
	
	-- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
	if index == '1' then
		for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
			v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
			if is_set(args[v]) then
				if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
					table.insert( error_list, v );
				else
					value = args[v];
					selected = v;
				end
			end
		end		
	end
	
	for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
		if index ~= nil then
			v = v:gsub( "#", index );
		end
		if is_set(args[v]) then
			if value ~= nil and selected ~=  v then
				table.insert( error_list, v );
			else
				value = args[v];
				selected = v;
			end
		end
	end
	
	if #error_list > 0 then
		local error_str = "";
		for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
			if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
			error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
		end
		if #error_list > 1 then
			error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
		else
			error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
		end
		error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return value, selected;
end

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------

Format the three chapter parameters: |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).

]]

local function format_chapter_title (chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source)
	local chapter_error = '';
	
	if not is_set (chapter) then
		chapter = '';															-- just to be safe for concatenation
		if is_set (transchapter) then
			chapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
			chapter_error = " " .. set_error ('trans_missing_chapter');
		end
		if is_set (chapterurl) then
			chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source);	-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
		end
		return chapter .. chapter_error;
	else																		-- here when chapter is set
		chapter = kern_quotes (chapter);										-- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
		chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
		if is_set (transchapter) then
			transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
			chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
		end
		if is_set (chapterurl) then
			chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter);						-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
		end
	end
	return chapter;
end

--[[
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument 
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
]]
local function argument_wrapper( args )
	local origin = {};
	
	return setmetatable({
		ORIGIN = function( self, k )
			local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
			return origin[k];
		end
	},
	{
		__index = function ( tbl, k )
			if origin[k] ~= nil then
				return nil;
			end
			
			local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
			
			if type( list ) == 'table' then
				v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
				if origin[k] == nil then
					origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
				end
			elseif list ~= nil then
				v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
			else
				-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
				-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
				error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
			end
			
			-- Empty strings, not nil;
			if v == nil then
				v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
				origin[k] = '';
			end
			
			tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
			return v;
		end,
	});
end

--[[
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
]]
local function validate( name )
	local name = tostring( name );
	local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
	
	-- Normal arguments
	if true == state then return true; end		-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);				-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	-- Arguments with numbers in them
	name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" );				-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
	state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
	if true == state then return true; end		-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);				-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	return false;								-- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end


-- Formats a wiki style internal link
local function internal_link_id(options)
	return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
		options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
		options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
		mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
	);
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

local function nowrap_date (date)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';

	if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
	
	elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s*%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s*%d%d%d%d$") then
		cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	
	return date;
end

--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------

ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
spaces and other non-isxn characters.

]]

local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
	local temp = 0;
	isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) };	-- make a table of bytes
	len = len+1;							-- adjust to be a loop counter
	for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do		-- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
		if v == string.byte( "X" ) then		-- if checkdigit is X
			temp = temp + 10*( len - i );	-- it represents 10 decimal
		else
			temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
		end
	end
	return temp % 11 == 0;					-- returns true if calculation result is zero
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether an ISBN string is valid

]]

local function check_isbn( isbn_str )
	if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end		-- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
	isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" );	-- remove hyphens and spaces
	local len = isbn_str:len();
 
	if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
		return false;
	end

	if len == 10 then
		if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
		return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
	else
		local temp = 0;
		if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end	-- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979
		isbn_str = { isbn_str:byte(1, len) };
		for i, v in ipairs( isbn_str ) do
			temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) );
		end
		return temp % 10 == 0;
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:

	|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
	
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.

]]

local function issn(id)
	local issn_copy = id;		-- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
	local text;
	local valid_issn = true;

	id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" );									-- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn

	if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then		-- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
		valid_issn=false;										-- wrong length or improper character
	else
		valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8);						-- validate issn
	end

	if true == valid_issn then
		id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 );	-- if valid, display correctly formatted version
	else
		id = issn_copy;											-- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
	end
	
	text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
		prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
	if false == valid_issn then
		text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' )			-- add an error message if the issn is invalid
	end 
	
	return text
end

--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats a link to Amazon.  Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
characters.  If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.

]]

local function amazon(id, domain)
	local err_cat = ""

	if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
		err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin');								-- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
	else
		if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then								-- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
			if check_isbn( id ) then												-- see if asin value is isbn10
				table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, 'CS1 maint: ASIN uses ISBN');	-- add to maint category
			elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
				err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin');						-- asin is not isbn10
			end
		elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
			err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin');							-- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
		end
	end
	if not is_set(domain) then 
		domain = "com";
	elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then			-- Japan, United Kingdom
		domain = "co." .. domain;
	elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then	-- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
		domain = "com." .. domain;
	end
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
	return external_link_id({link = handler.link,
		label=handler.label , prefix="//www.amazon."..domain.."/dp/",id=id,
		encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------

See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier

format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
	arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
where:
	<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
	<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
	<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
		first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
	<number> is a three-digit number
	<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
	
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
	arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
	<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
	<number> is a four-digit number
	<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces

the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
	arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
	<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
	<number> is a five-digit number
]]

local function arxiv (id)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
	local year, month, version;
	local err_cat = ""
	
	if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or		-- if invalid year or invalid month
			((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then		-- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
				err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );						-- set error message
		end
	elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or			-- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
			((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or									-- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
				err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );						-- set error message
		end
	elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then						-- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );							-- set error message
		end
	else
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );								-- arXiv id doesn't match any format
	end

	return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end


--[[
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
	a. Remove it.
	b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
		1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
		2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.

Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
]]

local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
	lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", "");									-- 1. strip whitespace

	if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
		lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/");								-- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
	end

	local prefix
	local suffix
	prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)");						-- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix

	if nil ~= suffix then											-- if there was a hyphen
		suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix;	-- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
		lccn=prefix..suffix;										-- reassemble the lccn
	end
	
	return lccn;
	end

--[[
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/

length = 8 then all digits
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha

]]
local function lccn(lccn)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that LCCN is valid
	local id = lccn;									-- local copy of the lccn

	id = normalize_lccn (id);							-- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
	local len = id:len();								-- get the length of the lccn

	if 8 == len then
		if id:match("[^%d]") then						-- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- set an error message
		end
	elseif 9 == len then								-- LCCN should be adddddddd
		if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then			-- does it match our pattern?
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- set an error message
		end
	elseif 10 == len then								-- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
		if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
			if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then	-- ... see if it matches our pattern
				err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
			end
		end
	elseif 11 == len then								-- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
		if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then	-- see if it matches one of our patterns
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
		end
	elseif 12 == len then								-- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
		if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then	-- see if it matches our pattern
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
		end
	else
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );		-- wrong length, set an error message
	end

	if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );		-- lccn contains a space, set an error message
	end

	return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
]]
local function pmid(id)
	local test_limit = 30000000;						-- update this value as PMIDs approach
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that PMID is valid
	
	if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if PMID has anything but digits
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' );		-- set an error message
	else												-- PMID is only digits
		local id_num = tonumber(id);					-- convert id to a number for range testing
		if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then		-- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' );	-- set an error message
		end
	end
	
	return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
in the future, returns true; otherwise, returns false because the embargo has expired or |embargo= not set in this cite.
]]
local function is_embargoed(embargo)
	if is_set(embargo) then
		local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
		local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
		good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
		good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
	
		if good1 and good2 and tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then	--is embargo date is in the future?
			return true;	-- still embargoed
		end
	end
	return false;			-- embargo expired or |embargo= not set
end

--[[
Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.

The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future
the PMC identifier will not be linked to the article.  If the embargo specifies a date in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then
the PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.

PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
]]
local function pmc(id, embargo)
	local test_limit = 5000000;							-- update this value as PMCs approach
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that PMC is valid
	
	local text;

	if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if PMC has anything but digits
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' );			-- set an error message
	else												-- PMC is only digits
		local id_num = tonumber(id);					-- convert id to a number for range testing
		if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then		-- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' );		-- set an error message
		end
	end
	
	if is_embargoed(embargo) then
		text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat;	--still embargoed so no external link
	else
		text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,			--no embargo date, ok to link to article
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
	end
	return text;
end

-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.

-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
--  Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
--  Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant

-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.

-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.

local function doi(id, inactive)
	local cat = ""
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
	
	local text;
	if is_set(inactive) then
		local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or '';		-- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
		text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
		if is_set(inactive_year) then
			table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with DOIs inactive since " .. inactive_year );
		else
			table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with inactive DOIs" );	-- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
		end
		inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")" 
	else 
		text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
		inactive = "" 
	end

	if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then	-- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
		cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );
	end
	return text .. inactive .. cat 
end

-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
local function openlibrary(id)
	local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$");					-- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];

	if ( code == "A" ) then
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix="http://openlibrary.org/authors/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode})
	elseif ( code == "M" ) then
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode})
	elseif ( code == "W" ) then
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/works/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode})
	else
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode}) .. 
			' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format a usenet message id.  Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.

]]

local function message_id (id)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];

	text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
		prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
	if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then				-- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
		text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' )						-- add an error message if the message id is invalid
	end 
	
	return text
end



--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those citations that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).

]]
local function set_titletype(cite_class, title_type)
	if is_set(title_type) then
		if "none" == title_type then
			title_type = "";					-- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
		end
		return title_type;						-- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
	end

	if "AV-media-notes" == cite_class or "DVD-notes" == cite_class then		-- if this citation is cite AV media notes or cite DVD notes
		return "Media notes";					-- display AV media notes / DVD media notes annotation

	elseif "mailinglist" == cite_class then		-- if this citation is cite mailing list
		return "Mailing list";					-- display mailing list annotation

	elseif "map" == cite_class then				-- if this citation is cite map
		return "Map";							-- display map annotation

	elseif "podcast" == cite_class then			-- if this citation is cite podcast
		return "Podcast";						-- display podcast annotation

	elseif "pressrelease" == cite_class then	-- if this citation is cite press release
		return "Press release";					-- display press release annotation

	elseif "report" == cite_class then			-- if this citation is cite report
		return "Report";						-- display report annotation
	
	elseif "techreport" == cite_class then		-- if this citation is cite techreport
		return "Technical report";				-- display techreport annotation
	
	elseif "thesis" == cite_class then			-- if this citation is cite thesis (degree option handled after this function returns)
			return "Thesis";					-- display simple thesis annotation (without |degree= modification)
	end
end

-- Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
-- Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )
	return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
end

--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------

Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
]]
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
	argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%");										-- replace % with %%
	argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1");				-- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
	return argument;
end

--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------

Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup.  We presume that editors who have taken the time to
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.

]]
local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
	if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end

	while true do
		if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then									-- bold italic (5)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", "");							-- remove all instances of it
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then									-- italic start and end without content (4)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then									-- bold (3)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then										-- italic (2)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
		else
			break;
		end
	end
	return argument;															-- done
end

--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------

Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)

Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
of %27%27...
]]

local function make_coins_title (title, script)
	if is_set (title) then
		title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title);								-- strip any apostrophe markup
	else
		title='';																-- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
	end
	if is_set (script) then
		script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', '');								-- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
		script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script);								-- strip any apostrophe markup
	else
		script='';																-- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
	end
	if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
		script = ' ' .. script;													-- add a space before we concatenate
	end
	return title .. script;														-- return the concatenation
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------

Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.

]]
local function get_coins_pages (pages)
	local pattern;
	if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end								-- if no page numbers then we're done
	
	while true do
		pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]");					-- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
		if nil == pattern then break; end										-- no more urls
		pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern);								-- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
		pages = pages:gsub(pattern, "");										-- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
	end
	pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", "");											-- remove the brackets
	pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" );							-- replace endashes with hyphens
	pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" );						-- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
	return pages;
end

-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
local function remove_wiki_link( str )
	return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
		return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
	end));
end

-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
	if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
		return str;
	end	
	return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
	--[[
	Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
	
	This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as 
	long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
	in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
	]]
	
	local str = '';																-- the output string
	local comp = '';															-- what does 'comp' mean?
	local end_chr = '';
	local trim;
	for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
		if value == nil then value = ''; end
		
		if str == '' then														-- if output string is empty
			str = value;														-- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
		elseif value ~= '' then
			if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then										-- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
				comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );								-- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
			else
				comp = value;
			end
																				-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
			if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then								-- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
																				--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
																				--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
				trim = false;
				end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1);										-- get the last character of the output string
				-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")"					-- debug stuff?
				if end_chr == duplicate_char then								-- if same as separator
					str = str:sub(1,-2);										-- remove it
				elseif end_chr == "'" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc'' 
						str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''";							-- remove them and add back ''
					elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then		-- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' 
						trim = true;											-- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
					elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then		-- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' 
						trim = true;											-- same question
					end
				elseif end_chr == "]" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink 
						trim = true;
					elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then			-- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
						trim = true;
					elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then		-- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
						trim = true;
					end
				elseif end_chr == " " then										-- if last char of output string is a space
					if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then				-- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
						str = str:sub(1,-3);									-- remove them both
					end
				end

				if trim then
					if value ~= comp then 										-- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
						local dup2 = duplicate_char;
						if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end		-- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
						
						value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )			-- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
					else
						value = value:sub( 2, -1 );								-- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
					end
				end
			end
			str = str .. value;													--add it to the output string
		end
	end
	return str;
end  


--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------

For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.  This module can, however, check
the content of |lastn= and |firstn= to see if the names contain non-Latin (non-ASCII) characters and emit an error message
when such characters are located.

Allow |lastn= to contain ASCII characters, hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
Allow |firstn= to contain ASCII characters, hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
]]

local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
	if last:find ("[^%a%-%'%s]") or first:find ("[^%a%-%'%s%.]") then												
		if true ~= Page_in_vanc_error_cat then									-- if we haven't been here before then set a sticky flag
			Page_in_vanc_error_cat=true;										-- so that if there are more than one error the category is added only once
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
		end
		return false;															-- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
	end;
	return true;
end


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.  

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  This form is not
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.

]]

local function reduce_to_initials(first)
	if first:match("^%u%u$") then return first end;								-- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
	local initials = {}
	local i = 0;																-- counter for number of initials
	for word in string.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do							-- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
		table.insert(initials, string.sub(word,1,1))							-- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
		i = i + 1;																-- bump the counter 
		if 2 <= i then break; end												-- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
	end
	return table.concat(initials)												-- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end

--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) 
]]
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
	local sep;
	local namesep;
	local format = control.format
	local maximum = control.maximum
	local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
	local text = {}

	if 'vanc' == format then													-- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
		sep = ',';																-- name-list separator between authors is a comma
		namesep = ' ';															-- last/first separator is a space
	else
		sep = ';'																-- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
		namesep = ', '															-- last/first separator is <comma><space>
	end
	
	if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
	if maximum ~= nil and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end
	
	for i,person in ipairs(people) do
		if is_set(person.last) then
			local mask = person.mask
			local one
			local sep_one = sep;
			if maximum ~= nil and i > maximum then
				etal = true;
				break;
			elseif (mask ~= nil) then
				local n = tonumber(mask)
				if (n ~= nil) then
					one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
				else
					one = mask;
					sep_one = " ";
				end
			else
				one = person.last
				local first = person.first
				if is_set(first) then 
					if ( "vanc" == format ) then								-- if vancouver format
						one = one:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
						if is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then					-- and name is all Latin characters
							first = reduce_to_initials(first)						-- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
						end
					end
					one = one .. namesep .. first 
				end
				if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
					one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]"		-- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
				end

				if is_set(person.link) and ((nil ~= person.link:find("//")) or (nil ~= person.link:find("[%[%]]"))) then
					one = one .. " " .. set_error( 'bad_authorlink' ) end	-- url or wikilink in author link;
			end
			table.insert( text, one )
			table.insert( text, sep_one )
		end
	end

	local count = #text / 2;
	if count > 0 then 
		if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
			text[#text-2] = " & ";
		end
		text[#text] = nil; 
	end
	
	local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
	if etal then 
		local etal_text = cfg.messages['et al'];
		result = result .. " " .. etal_text;
	end
	
	return result, count
end

--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.

]]

local function anchor_id( options )
	local id = table.concat( options );											-- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
	if is_set (id) then															-- if concatenation is not an empty string
		return "CITEREF" .. id;													-- add the CITEREF portion
	else
		return '';																-- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the 
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.

]]

local function extract_names(args, list_name)
	local names = {};			-- table of names
	local last;					-- individual name components
	local first;
	local link;
	local mask;
	local i = 1;				-- loop counter/indexer
	local n = 1;				-- output table indexer
	local count = 0;			-- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
	local etal=false;			-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
	local pattern = ",? *'*[Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.']*$"							-- variations on the 'et al' theme
	
	local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list';		-- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary

	while true do
		last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i );		-- search through args for name components beginning at 1
		first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );

		local name = tostring(last);
		if name:match (pattern) then											-- varients on et al.
			last = name:gsub (pattern, '');										-- if found, remove
			etal = true;
		end
		name = tostring(first);
		if name:match (pattern) then											-- varients on et al.
			first = name:gsub (pattern, '');									-- if found, remove
			etal = true;
		end

		if first and not last then												-- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		elseif not first and not last then										-- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
			count = count + 1;													-- number of times we haven't found last and first
			if 2 == count then													-- two missing names and we give up
				break;															-- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
			end
		else																	-- we have last with or without a first
			names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask};	-- add this name to our names list
			n = n + 1;															-- point to next location in the names table
			if 1 == count then													-- if the previous name was missing
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } );		-- add this error message
			end
			count = 0;															-- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next args location
	end
	
	if true == etal then
		table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, 'CS1 maint: Explicit use of et al.');	-- add to maint category
	end
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end

-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
local function extract_ids( args )
	local id_list = {};
	for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do	
		v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
		if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
	end
	return id_list;
end

--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.

]]
local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
	local new_list, handler = {};

	function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
	
	for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
		-- fallback to read-only cfg
		handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
		
		if handler.mode == 'external' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
		elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
		elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
			error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
		elseif k == 'DOI' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
		elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v ) } ); 
		elseif k == 'ASIN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } ); 
		elseif k == 'LCCN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'OL' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'PMC' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
		elseif k == 'PMID' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'ISSN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'ISBN' then
			local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
			if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
				ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
			end
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );				
		elseif k == 'USENETID' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
		else
			error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
		end
	end
	
	function comp( a, b )	-- used in following table.sort()
		return a[1] < b[1];
	end
	
	table.sort( new_list, comp );
	for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
		new_list[k] = v[2];
	end
	
	return new_list;
end
  

-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse
-- the citation information.
local function COinS(data)
	if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
		return '';
	end
	
	local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
	
	-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
	local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
		__newindex = function(self, key, value)
			if is_set(value) then
				rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
			end
		end
	});
	
	if is_set(data.Chapter) then
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
		OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
		OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter;
		OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
	elseif is_set(data.Periodical) then
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
		OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
		OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
		OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
	else
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
		OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
		OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
	end
	
	OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
	OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
	OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
	OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
	OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
	OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
	OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
	OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
	
	for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
		local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
		if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end
		if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
			OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
		else
			OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
		end
	end
	
	local last, first;
	for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
		last, first = v.last, v.first;
		if k == 1 then
			if is_set(last) then
				OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
			end
			if is_set(first) then 
				OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
			end
		end
		if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
			OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
		elseif is_set(last) then
			OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
		end
	end
	
	OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
	OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
	OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
	
	-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
	table.sort( OCinSoutput );
	table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
	return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------

Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code.  Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.

Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.

mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code.  When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
returns only the Wikimedia language name.

Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
]]

local function get_iso639_code (lang)
	if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then											-- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
		return 'Norwegian', 'no';												-- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
	end
	
	local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all')				-- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
																				-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
	local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang);										-- lower case version for comparisons
	
	for code, name in pairs(languages) do										-- scan the list to see if we can find our language
		if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
			if 2 ~= code:len() then												-- ISO639-1 codes only
				return name;													-- so return the name but not the code
			end
			return name, code;													-- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
		end
	end
	return lang;																-- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
end

--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------

Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.

There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants.  There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no',  is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless.  However, it appears
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.

Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.

See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test

When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.

]]

local function language_parameter (lang, namespace)
	local code;			-- the ISO639-1 two character code
	local name;			-- the language name
	local test='';
		
	if 0 == namespace and (('en' == lang:lower()) or ('english' == lang:lower())) then
		table.insert (z.maintenance_cats, 'CS1 maint: English language specified');		-- add maintenance category if |language=English or |language=en in article space
	end

	if 2 == lang:len() then														-- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
		name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "en" );				-- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
	end

	if is_set (name) then														-- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
		code = lang:lower();													-- save it
	else
		name, code = get_iso639_code (lang);									-- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
	end

	if is_set (code) then
		if 'no' == code then name = 'Norwegian' end;							-- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
		if 0 == namespace and 'en' ~= code then									-- is this page main / article space and English not the language?
			table.insert( z.properties_cats, 'CS1 ' .. name .. '-language sources (' .. code .. ')');	-- in main space and not English: categorize
		end
	else
		table.insert (z.maintenance_cats, 'CS1 maint: Unrecognized language');	-- add maintenance category when |language= does not appear to be ISO 639-1 language
	end
	return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name));								-- wrap with '(in ...)'
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.

]]

local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
	if (cite_class == "citation") then											-- for citation templates (CS2)
		sep = ',';																-- set citation separator to its default (comma)
		if not is_set (ps) then													-- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
			ps = '';															-- make sure it isn't nil
		end
		if not is_set (ref) then												-- if |ref= is not set
			ref = "harv";														-- set default |ref=harv
		end
	else																		-- not a citation template so CS1
		sep = '.';																-- set cite xxx separator to its default (period)
		if not is_set (ps) then													-- if |postscript= has not been set
			ps = '.';															-- set cs1 default
		end
	end

	return sep, ps, ref															-- return them all
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------

Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.

]]

local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
	if is_set (mode) then
		if 'cs2' == mode then											-- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
			sep = ',';															-- separate elements with a comma
			if not is_set (ps) then												-- unless explicitely set to something
				ps = '';														-- make sure it isn't nil
			end
			if not is_set (ref) then											-- unless explicitely set to something
				ref = 'harv';													-- set so this template renders with CITEREF anchor id
			end
		elseif 'cs1' == mode then										-- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
			sep = '.';															-- separate elements with a period
			if not is_set (ps) then												-- unless explicitely set to something
				ps = '.';														-- terminate the rendered citation with a period
			end
		else																	-- anything but cs1 or cs2
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'mode', mode}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class);	-- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
		end
	else													-- when |mode= empty or omitted
		sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class);		-- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
	end
	if 'none' == ps:lower() then												-- if assigned value is 'none' then
		ps = '';																-- set to empty string
	end
	
	return sep, ps, ref
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation
formatting.
]]
local function citation0( config, args)
	--[[ 
	Load Input Parameters
	The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple
	aliases to single internal variable.
	]]
	local A = argument_wrapper( args );

	local i 
	local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
	local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
	if is_set( A['NoPP'] ) then PPPrefix = "" PPrefix = "" end
	
	-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
	-- define different field names for the same underlying things.	
	local Authors = A['Authors'];
	local author_etal;
	local a, author_etal = extract_names( args, 'AuthorList' );

	local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
	local Others = A['Others'];
	local Editors = A['Editors'];
	local editor_etal;
	local e, editor_etal = extract_names( args, 'EditorList' );

	local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];									-- replaces |author-format= and |editor-format=
	if is_set (NameListFormat) and ('vanc' ~= NameListFormat) then											-- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'name-list-format', NameListFormat}, true ) } );	-- not vanc so add error message
		NameListFormat = '';													-- set to empty string
	end

	local Year = A['Year'];
	local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
	local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
	local Date = A['Date'];
	local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
	------------------------------------------------- Get title data
	local Title = A['Title'];
	local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
	local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
	local Conference = A['Conference'];
	local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
	local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
	local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
	local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
	local ChapterLink = A['ChapterLink'];										-- deprecated
	local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
	local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
	local Degree = A['Degree'];
	local Docket = A['Docket'];
	local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
	local URL = A['URL']
	local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');											-- get name of parameter that holds URL
	local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
	local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');							-- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
	local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
	local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
	local Periodical = A['Periodical'];

	local Series = A['Series'];
	local Volume = A['Volume'];
	local Issue = A['Issue'];
	local Position = '';
	local Page = A['Page'];
	local Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );	
	local At = A['At'];

	local Edition = A['Edition'];
	local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
	local Place = A['Place'];
	
	local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
	local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
	local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
	local Via = A['Via'];
	local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
	local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
	local Agency = A['Agency'];
	local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
	local Language = A['Language'];
	local Format = A['Format'];
	local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
	local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
	local ID = A['ID'];
	local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
	local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
	local Embargo = A['Embargo'];

	local ID_list = extract_ids( args );

	local Quote = A['Quote'];

	local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
	local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
	local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
	local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] 
	local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL

	local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
	local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];

--these are used by cite interview
	local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
	local City = A['City'];
	local Program = A['Program'];

--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
	local use_lowercase;								-- controls capitalization of certain static text
	local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();		-- also used for COinS and for language
	local anchor_year;									-- used in the CITEREF identifier
	local COinS_date;									-- used in the COinS metadata

-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
	local sepc;											-- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
	local PostScript;
	local Ref;
	sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (A['Mode']:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
	use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );					-- used to control capitalization for certain static text

--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories.
	if not is_set(no_tracking_cats) then				-- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
		if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
			no_tracking_cats = "true";					-- set no_tracking_cats
		end
	end

-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. 
	if is_set(Page) then
		if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
			Page = Page .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages');	-- add error message
			Pages = '';										-- unset the others
			At = '';
		end
	elseif is_set(Pages) then
		if is_set(At) then
			Pages = Pages .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages');	-- add error messages
			At = '';											-- unset
		end
	end	

-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
	if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
		PublicationPlace = Place;							-- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
	end
	
	if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end		-- don't need both if they are the same
	
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
	|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title

	|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
	|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped

All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
TODO: script-title to script-chapter if and when we support script-chapter
]]

local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];

	if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then	-- test code for citation
		if is_set(Periodical) then					-- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
			if is_set(Title) then
				if not is_set(Chapter) then
					Chapter = Title;				-- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
					TransChapter = TransTitle;
					ChapterURL = URL;
					Title = Periodical;
					ChapterFormat = Format;
					Periodical = '';				-- redundant so unset
					TransTitle = '';				-- redundant so unset
					URL = '';						-- redundant so unset
					Format = '';					-- redundant so unset
				end
			else									-- |title not set
				Title = Periodical;					-- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
				Periodical = '';					-- redundant so unset
			end
		end
	end

-- Special case for cite techreport.
	if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then	-- special case for cite techreport
		if is_set(Issue) then						-- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
			if not is_set(ID) then					-- can we use ID for the "number"?
				ID = Issue;							-- yes, use it
				Issue = "";							-- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
			else									-- can't use ID so emit error message
				ID = ID .. " " .. set_error('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
			end
		end	
	end

-- special case for cite interview
	if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
		if is_set(Program) then
			ID = ' ' .. Program;
		end
		if is_set(Callsign) then
			if is_set(ID) then
				ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
			else
				ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
			end
		end
		if is_set(City) then
			if is_set(ID) then
				ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
			else
				ID = ' ' .. City;
			end
		end

		if is_set(Others) then
			if is_set(TitleType) then
				Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
				TitleType = '';
			else
				Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
			end
		else
			Others = '(Interview)';
		end
	end

-- special case for cite mailing list
	if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
		Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
	end

--Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set
	if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
		if not is_embargoed(Embargo) then
			URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC'];	-- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
			URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1];		-- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
		end
	end

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set(BookTitle) then
			Chapter = Title;
--			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- |chapterlink= is deprecated
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
			URLorigin = '';
			ChapterFormat = Format;
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			Title = BookTitle;
			Format = '';
--			TitleLink = '';
			TransTitle = '';
			URL = '';
		end
	else
		Conference = '';														-- not cite conference so make sure this is empty string
	end

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite episode}}, before generation of COinS data.
--[[	-- {{cite episode}} is not currently supported by this module
	if config.CitationClass == "episode" then
		local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
		local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
		local Season = A['Season'];
		local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
		local Network = A['Network'];
		local Station = A['Station'];
		local s, n = {}, {};
		local Sep = (first_set(A["SeriesSeparator"], A["Separator"]) or "") .. " ";
		
		if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["episode"] .. " " .. Issue); Issue = ''; end
		if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["season"] .. " " .. Season); end
		if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["series"] .. " " .. SeriesNumber); end
		if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
		if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
		
		Date = Date or AirDate;
		Chapter = Title;
		ChapterLink = TitleLink;
		TransChapter = TransTitle;
		Title = Series;
		TitleLink = SeriesLink;
		TransTitle = '';
		
		Series = table.concat(s, Sep);
		ID = table.concat(n, Sep);
	end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff]]

-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
	if not is_set (Date) then
		Date = Year;						-- promote Year to Date
		Year = nil;							-- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
		if is_set(Date) then
			local Month = A['Month'];
			if is_set(Month) then
				Date = Month .. " " .. Date;
			end
		elseif is_set(PublicationDate) then	-- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
			Date = PublicationDate;			-- promote PublicationDate to Date
			PublicationDate = '';			-- unset, no longer needed
		end
	end

	if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end	-- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.

Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
	do	-- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch
		local error_message = '';

		anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['accessdate']=AccessDate, ['airdate']=AirDate, ['archivedate']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi_brokendate']=DoiBroken,
			['embargo']=Embargo, ['laydate']=LayDate, ['publicationdate']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});

		if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then									-- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; 
			local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
			if 0 == mismatch then												-- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
				if is_set (error_message) then									-- if there is already an error message
					error_message = error_message .. ', ';						-- tack on this additional message
				end
				error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
			elseif 1 == mismatch then											-- |year= matches year-value in |date=
				table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, 'CS1 maint: Date and year');	-- add to maint category
			end
		end

		if is_set(error_message) then
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		end
	end	-- end of do

-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
	-- Test if citation has no title
	if	not is_set(Title) and
		not is_set(TransTitle) and
		not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {}, true ) } );
	end
	
	if 'none' == Title and is_set(Periodical) and not (( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia))) then								-- special case
		Title = '';																-- set title to empty string
		table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, 'CS1 maint: Untitled periodical');	-- add to maint category
	end

	-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
	-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
	-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
	-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap 
	
	local coins_chapter = Chapter;												-- default assuming that remapping not required
	local coins_title = Title;													-- et tu
	if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then		-- if all are used then
			coins_chapter = Title;												-- remap
			coins_title = Periodical;
		end
	end
	
	-- this is the function call to COinS()
	local OCinSoutput = COinS{
		['Periodical'] = Periodical,
		['Chapter'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (coins_chapter),					-- Chapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle),				-- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
		['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date),		-- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here?  Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
		['Series'] = Series,
		['Volume'] = Volume,
		['Issue'] = Issue,
		['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Page, Pages, At)),				-- pages stripped of external links
		['Edition'] = Edition,
		['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
		['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
		['Authors'] = a,
		['ID_list'] = ID_list,
		['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
	};

-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set (PublisherName) then
			PublisherName = '[[Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;' ..  external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName );
		end
	end



	-- Now perform various field substitutions.
	-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
	-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
	if not is_set(Authors) then
		local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayAuthors'] );

		if is_set (Maximum) then
			if Maximum >= #a then												-- if display-authors value greater than or equal to number of authors
				table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, 'CS1 maint: display-authors');	-- add maintenance category because display-authors parameter may be removed
			end
		else
			Maximum = #a + 1;													-- number of authors + 1
		end

		local control = { 
			format = NameListFormat,											-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = Maximum,
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			page_name = this_page.text				-- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via authorlinkn
		};
		
		-- If the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
		if is_set(Coauthors) then
			control.lastauthoramp = nil;
			control.maximum = #a + 1;
		end
		
		Authors = list_people(control, a, author_etal) 
	end

	if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then	-- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } );	-- emit error message
	end

	local EditorCount
	if not is_set(Editors) then
		local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayEditors'] );
		-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
		if not is_set(Maximum) and #e == 4 then 
			Maximum = 3;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
		elseif not is_set(Maximum) then
			Maximum = #e + 1;
		end

		local control = { 
			format = NameListFormat,											-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = Maximum,
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			page_name = this_page.text				-- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
		};

		Editors, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
	else
		EditorCount = 1;
	end

-- cite map oddities
	local Cartography = "";
	local Scale = "";
	if config.CitationClass == "map" then
		Chapter = A['Map'];
		ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
		ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
		ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
		
		Cartography = A['Cartography'];
		if is_set( Cartography ) then
			Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
		end		
		Scale = A['Scale'];
		if is_set( Scale ) then
			Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
		end		
	end
	
	Format = is_set(Format) and " (" .. Format .. ")" or "";

	if  not is_set(URL) and
		not is_set(ArchiveURL) and
		not is_set(ConferenceURL) and											-- TODO: keep this here? conference as part of cite web or cite podcast?
		not is_set(TranscriptURL) then
		
		-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty 
		if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then	
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
		end
		
		-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
		if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then					-- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
			AccessDate = '';
		end
		
		-- Test if format is given without giving a URL
		if is_set(Format) then
			Format = Format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {'format', 'url'} );
		end
	end

	local OriginalURL;
	DeadURL = DeadURL:lower();													-- used later when assembling archived text
	if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
		if is_set (URL) then
			OriginalURL = URL;													-- save copy of original source URL
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL then												-- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
				URL = ArchiveURL												-- swap-in the archive's url
				URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive url parameter for error messages
			end
		elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then 										-- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
			OriginalURL = ChapterURL;											-- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
				ChapterURL = ArchiveURL											-- swap-in the archive's url
				URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive url parameter for error messages
			end
		end
	end

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup"}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
			if is_set (Chapter) or is_set (TransChapter) or is_set (ChapterURL)then	-- chapter parameters not supported for these citation types
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				Chapter = '';														-- set to empty string to be safe with concatenation
				TransChapter = '';
				ChapterURL = '';
			end
	else																		-- otherwise, format chapter / article title
		Chapter = format_chapter_title (Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin);
		if is_set (Chapter) then
			ChapterFormat = is_set(ChapterFormat) and " (" .. ChapterFormat .. ")" or "";
			if is_set(ChapterFormat) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- Test if |chapter-format= is given without giving a |chapter-url=
				ChapterFormat = ChapterFormat .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'} );
			end
			if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
				Chapter = Chapter .. ' (' .. TitleType .. ')';
			end
			Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
		end
	end

	-- Format main title.
	if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
		Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
	end

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", "mailinglist"}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
		('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then			-- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
			Title = kern_quotes (Title);										-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
			Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
	
			Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);					-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
			TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
	elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then								-- no styling for cite report
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );				-- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
	else
		Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
	end

	TransError = "";
	if is_set(TransTitle) then
		if is_set(Title) then
			TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
		else
			TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title' );
		end
	end
	
	Title = Title .. TransTitle;
	
	if is_set(Title) then
		if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then 
			Title = external_link( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format	   
			URL = "";
			Format = "";
		else
			Title = Title .. TransError;
		end
	end

	if is_set(Place) then
		Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
	end
	
	if is_set(Conference) then
		if is_set(ConferenceURL) then
			Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference );
		end
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference
	elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
	end
	
	if not is_set(Position) then
		local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
		if is_set(Minutes) then
			Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
		else
			local Time = A['Time'];
			if is_set(Time) then
				local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
				if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
					TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
					if sepc ~= '.' then
						TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
					end
				end
				Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
			end
		end
	else
		Position = " " .. Position;
		At = '';
	end
	
	if not is_set(Page) then
		if is_set(Pages) then
			if is_set(Periodical) and
				not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
				Pages = ": " .. Pages;
			elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
				Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages;
			else
				Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages;
			end
		end
	else
		if is_set(Periodical) and
			not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
			Page = ": " .. Page;
		else
			Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page;
		end
	end
	
	At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
	Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
	if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
		local Section = A['Section'];
		local Sections = A['Sections'];
		local Inset = A['Inset'];
		
		if is_set( Inset ) then
			Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
		end			

		if is_set( Sections ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
		elseif is_set( Section ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
		end
		At = At .. Inset .. Section;		
	end	

	if is_set (Language) then
		Language = language_parameter (Language, this_page.namespace);			-- format, categories (article namespace only), name from ISO639-1, etc
	else
		Language="";															-- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
	end

	Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";

-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
		TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
		if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then	-- special case for cite thesis
			TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
		end
	end

	if is_set(TitleType) then					-- if type parameter is specified
		TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")";	-- display it in parentheses
	end

	TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
	Edition = is_set(Edition) and (" " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition)) or "";
	Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
	Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
	OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
	Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";

	if is_set(Volume) then
		if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
		  then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
		  else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphen_to_dash(Volume) .. "</b>";
		end
	end

	------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
	if is_set(Via) then
		Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
	end

--[[
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.

]]
	if in_array(SubscriptionRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription'];		-- subscription required message
	elseif in_array(RegistrationRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration'];		-- registration required message
	else
		SubscriptionRequired = '';												-- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
	end

	if is_set(AccessDate) then
		local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

		AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate);									-- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
		if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end				-- if 'citation', lower case
		AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate);						-- add retrieved text
																				-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called	
		AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate});	-- allow editors to hide accessdates
	end
	
	if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
   	if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
		ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
	end
   	if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then					-- for cite report when |docket= is set
		ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket;												-- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
	end

	ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo} );

	if is_set(URL) then
		URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
	end

	if is_set(Quote) then
		if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
			Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
		end
		Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); 				-- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
		PostScript = "";														-- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
	end
	
	local Archived
	if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
		if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
			ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
		end
		if "no" == DeadURL then
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
				{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text ), ArchiveDate } );
			if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
				Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');							   
			end
		elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
				{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ), ArchiveDate } );
		else
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, 
				{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
		end
	else
		Archived = ""
	end
	
	local Lay
	if is_set(LayURL) then
		if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
		if is_set(LaySource) then 
			LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
		else
			LaySource = "";
		end
		if sepc == '.' then
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
		else
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
		end			
	else
		Lay = "";
	end
	
	if is_set(Transcript) then
		if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript ); end
	elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
		Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
	end
	
	local Publisher;
	if is_set(Periodical) and
		not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
		if is_set(PublisherName) then
			if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
				Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
			else
				Publisher = PublisherName;  
			end
		elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
			Publisher= PublicationPlace;
		else 
			Publisher = "";
		end
		if is_set(PublicationDate) then
			if is_set(Publisher) then
				Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
			else
				Publisher = PublicationDate;
			end
		end
		if is_set(Publisher) then
			Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
		end
	else
		if is_set(PublicationDate) then
			PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
		end
		if is_set(PublisherName) then
			if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
				Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
			else
				Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;  
			end			
		elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then 
			Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
		else 
			Publisher = PublicationDate;
		end
	end
	
	-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
	if is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then 
			Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) 
		else 
			Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
		end
	end

--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
	if "speech" == config.CitationClass then				-- cite speech only
		TitleNote = " (Speech)";							-- annotate the citation
		if is_set (Periodical) then							-- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter 
			if is_set (Conference) then						-- and if |event= is set
				Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " ";		-- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
			end
		end
	end

	-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
	-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
	-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

	local tcommon
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
		tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, 
			Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
		
	elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then									-- special cases for cite map
		if is_set (Chapter) then												-- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		elseif is_set (Periodical) then											-- map in a periodical
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
		else																	-- a sheet or stand-alone map
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
		end
		
	else																		-- all other CS1 templates
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, 
			Volume, Issue, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
	end
	
	if #ID_list > 0 then
		ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
	else
		ID_list = ID;
	end
	
	local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
	local text;
	local pgtext = Position .. Page .. Pages .. At;
	
	if is_set(Authors) then
		if is_set(Coauthors) then
			local sep = '; ';
			if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then
				sep = ', ';
			end
			Authors = Authors .. sep .. Coauthors;
		end
		if is_set(Date) then
			Date = " ("..Date..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
		elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
			Authors = Authors .. " "
		else
			Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
		end
		if is_set(Editors) then
			local in_text = " ";
			local post_text = "";
			if is_set(Chapter) then
				in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
			else
				if EditorCount <= 1 then
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
				else
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
				end
			end 
			if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
			Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
			if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc)
				then Editors = Editors .. " "
				else Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " "
			end
		end
		text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
		text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	elseif is_set(Editors) then
		if is_set(Date) then
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
			else
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
			end
			Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
		else
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			else
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			end
		end
		text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
		text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	else
		if is_set(Date) then
			if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
			  then Date = sepc .." " .. Date .. OrigYear
			  else Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear
			end
		end
		if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
			text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
			text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		end
	end
	
	if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
		text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
		text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
	end	
	
	text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

	-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <span/> element
	local options = {};
	
	if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
		options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;
	else
		options.class = "citation";
	end
	
	if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
		local id = Ref
		if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
			local names = {} --table of last names & year
			if #a > 0 then
				for i,v in ipairs(a) do 
					names[i] = v.last 
					if i == 4 then break end
				end
			elseif #e > 0 then
				for i,v in ipairs(e) do 
					names[i] = v.last 
					if i == 4 then break end				
				end
			end
			names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year);	-- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
			id = anchor_id(names)
		end
		options.id = id;
	end
	
	if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
		z.error_categories = {};
		text = set_error('empty_citation');
		z.message_tail = {};
	end
	
	if is_set(options.id) then 
		text = '<span id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
	else
		text = '<span class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
	end		

	local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
	
	-- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
	local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
	text = text .. OCinS;
	
	if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
		text = text .. " ";
		for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
			if is_set(v[1]) then
				if i == #z.message_tail then
					text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
				else
					text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
				end
			end
		end
	end

	if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
		text = text .. ' <span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
		end
		text = text .. '</span>';	-- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
	end
	
	no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
	if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
		for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
		end
	end
	
	return text
end

-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
function z.citation(frame)
	local pframe = frame:getParent()
	local validation;
	
	if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox');		-- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');	-- ... sandbox version of date validation code

	else																		-- otherwise
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration');				-- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');			-- ... live version of date validation code
	end

	dates = validation.dates;													-- imported functions
	year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;

	local args = {};
	local suggestions = {};
	local error_text, error_state;

	local config = {};
	for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
		config[k] = v;
		args[k] = v;	   
	end	

	for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
		if v ~= '' then
			if not validate( k ) then			
				error_text = "";
				if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
					-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
					if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
						error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
					end
				elseif validate( k:lower() ) then 
					error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
				else
					if #suggestions == 0 then
						suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
					end
					if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
						error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
					else
						error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
					end
				end				  
				if error_text ~= '' then
					table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
				end				
			end
			args[k] = v;
		elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
			args[k] = v;
		end		
	end	
	
	return citation0( config, args)
end

return z
"https://bh.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Module:Citation/CS1&oldid=427526" से लिहल गइल